See in Reader
Merge branch 'master' into avaldizan-tc-create-1
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
commit
09b5159861
654
en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
654
en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
|
|
@ -475,378 +475,344 @@ LEV 12 7 w9ty figs-activepassive וְטָהֲרָ֖ה מִמְּקֹ֣ר
|
|||
LEV 12 8 vh6a figs-explicit וְאִם־ לֹ֨א תִמְצָ֣א יָדָהּ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ 1 And if her hand does not find enough for a lamb Translate this so it clarifies the woman’s inability to purchase a sacrificial animal. Alternate translation: “If she does not have enough money to buy a lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 12 8 q6q1 figs-metaphor וְטָהֵֽרָה 1 Then she will be clean A woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 intro fn27 0 # Leviticus 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Skin disease<br><br>This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
|
||||
LEV 13 2 gy4s figs-activepassive 1 then he must be brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone must bring him” or “then he must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 2 ukq4 1 to one of his sons Alternate translation: “to one of Aaron’s sons”
|
||||
LEV 13 3 xqd3 1 skin of his body Here “his” refers to the person with the skin disease.
|
||||
LEV 13 3 e37q 1 infectious disease a sickness that can spread easily from one person to another
|
||||
LEV 13 3 k3cb figs-metaphor 1 he must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. Alternate translation: “the priest must pronounce the man unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 5 g2eb 1 the priest must examine him Here “him” refers to the person with the skin disease.
|
||||
LEV 13 5 z468 1 if it has not spread in the skin This means if the skin disease has not increased in size or moved to other parts of the body.
|
||||
LEV 13 5 a6bj translate-ordinal 1 seventh day Alternate translation: “day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LEV 13 6 cx9z figs-metaphor 1 the priest will pronounce him clean … he is clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 6 wn1f 1 rash This is an area of the skin that is irritated, but the rash will not spread to other people.
|
||||
LEV 13 7 g8y4 1 he … himself This refers to the person with the skin disease.
|
||||
LEV 13 8 ym6d figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 8 lsj4 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 9 f447 figs-activepassive 1 he must be brought to the priest The priests determined if a disease was spreading. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must bring him to the priest” or “he must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 10 y3fz 1 if there is raw flesh in the swelling Here “raw flesh” could refer to open sores on the skin or it could refer to new skin that has grown, but the area around it is still diseased. Either one indicates that the skin disease is not healing properly.
|
||||
LEV 13 11 l2em 1 chronic skin disease This is a disease that continues or reoccurs over a long period of time.
|
||||
LEV 13 11 w1up figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean … he is already unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 13 fw71 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce the person … he is clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 14 jl2x figs-metaphor 1 But if … he will be unclean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 15 nz1y figs-metaphor 1 The priest must … pronounce him unclean because the raw flesh is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 15 kj82 1 pronounce him unclean Here “him” refers to the person with the skin disease.
|
||||
LEV 13 15 uk5q 1 raw flesh See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:10](../13/10.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 15 c219 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 17 q53z figs-metaphor 1 the priest will pronounce that person to be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 18 kw5i 1 a boil a painful area on the skin that is infected
|
||||
LEV 13 19 gc9j figs-activepassive 1 then it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he must show it to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 20 c8ux figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 21 k5ud 1 examines it Here “it” refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin.
|
||||
LEV 13 22 k8b8 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 23 cfg4 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 25 nx6x 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 25 a7iw figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 26 a2pm 1 examines it Here “it” refers to the burn on the person’s skin.
|
||||
LEV 13 27 a6sa figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 27 jw1d 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 28 rye3 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 30 ks4d figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 33 li6b figs-activepassive 1 then he must be shaved, but the diseased area must not be shaved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person must shave the hair near the sore but not the hair on the sore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 34 rr4u 1 the disease Here “the disease” refers to the disease on the person’s head or chin.
|
||||
LEV 13 34 c5dp figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean … he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 35 xt5g figs-metaphor 1 after the priest said he was clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 36 p6fx figs-metaphor 1 The person is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 37 grx5 figs-metaphor 1 He is clean … him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 39 c13i 1 a dull white Alternate translation: “a faded white”
|
||||
LEV 13 39 v8r7 1 rash See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 39 e8v5 figs-gendernotations 1 He is clean Here “He” refers to both men and women in general. Alternate translation: “That person is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LEV 13 39 gbm1 figs-metaphor 1 He is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 40 b37h figs-metaphor 1 he is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 42 vwu4 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 44 i6x8 figs-metaphor 1 he is unclean … pronounce him unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 45 m4ek figs-metaphor 1 Unclean, unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 46 zw43 1 outside the camp The camp is the area where the majority of Israelites lived. The unclean person was not permitted to live among them because his disease may spread to others.
|
||||
LEV 13 47 yjv7 1 A garment that is contaminated with mildew Alternate translation: “A garment that has mildew on it” or “A garment that mildews”
|
||||
LEV 13 47 y61v 1 contaminated to become impure because something harmful has been added to it
|
||||
LEV 13 47 x2v4 1 mildew a fungus, often white in color, that grows on things that are damp or moist
|
||||
LEV 13 48 ww38 figs-activepassive 1 or anything woven or knitted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or anything that someone has woven or knitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 49 bk97 1 if there is a greenish or reddish contamination in the garment Alternate translation: “if there is greenish or reddish mildew in the garment”
|
||||
LEV 13 49 xcr7 figs-activepassive 1 it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner must show it to a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 51 b5hr translate-ordinal 1 seventh day “Seventh” is the ordinal number for 7. Alternate translation: “day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LEV 13 51 n4xg figs-activepassive 1 anything in which leather is used If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anything in which a person uses leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 51 b3jb figs-metaphor 1 the item is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 52 s6sy figs-activepassive 1 anything in which the harmful mildew is found If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anything on which he found the harmful mildew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 52 hqg2 1 it can lead to disease The harmful mildew could cause disease in a person who comes in contact with the item.
|
||||
LEV 13 52 r25j figs-activepassive 1 The item must be completely burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must burn the item completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 54 zq9x 1 then he will command them Here the priest is telling the people what to do with household items that were possibly infected. Alternate translation: “then the priest will command the owners”
|
||||
LEV 13 54 b4cj figs-activepassive 1 in which the mildew was found If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which they found the mildew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 55 wsk2 figs-activepassive 1 after the mildewed item was washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after they washed the mildewed item” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 55 twr6 figs-metaphor 1 it is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 55 v5wf 1 You must burn the item Here “you” does not refer to the priest specifically. It just means someone must burn the object.
|
||||
LEV 13 56 h4my figs-activepassive 1 after it was washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the owner washed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 57 t251 1 You must burn Here “you” does not refer to the priest specifically. It just means someone must burn the item.
|
||||
LEV 13 58 bc84 figs-activepassive 1 if you wash the item If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if the owner washes it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 58 kxv3 figs-activepassive 1 then the item must be washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then the owner must wash it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 58 bbr2 figs-metaphor 1 it will be clean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 59 h1gy 1 mildew in a garment … made with leather See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:47-48](./47.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 59 llt7 1 so that you may pronounce it Alternate translation: “so that a priest may declare it”
|
||||
LEV 13 59 h98k figs-metaphor 1 clean or unclean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically clean and something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 2 gy4s figs-activepassive וְהוּבָא֙ 1 then he must be brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone must bring him” or “then he must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 2 ukq4 אַחַ֥ד מִבָּנָ֖יו 1 one of his sons Alternate translation: “one of Aaron’s sons”
|
||||
LEV 13 3 xqd3 מֵע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔וֹ 1 on the skin of his body Here, **his** refers to the person with the skin disease.
|
||||
LEV 13 3 k3cb figs-metaphor וְטִמֵּ֥א אֹתֽוֹ 1 and will pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. Alternate translation: “must pronounce the man unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 5 g2eb וְרָאָ֣הוּ הַכֹּהֵן֮ 1 And the priest must look at him Here, **him** refers to the person with the skin disease.
|
||||
LEV 13 5 a6bj translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי֒ 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LEV 13 5 z468 וְהִנֵּ֤ה הַנֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד בְּעֵינָ֔יו לֹֽא־ פָשָׂ֥ה הַנֶּ֖גַע בָּע֑וֹר 1 and if the skin disease has stayed unchanged in his eyes and the skin disease has not spread on the skin This means if the skin disease has not increased in size or moved to other parts of the body.
|
||||
LEV 13 6 cx9z figs-metaphor וְטִהֲר֤וֹ הַכֹּהֵן֙…וְטָהֵֽר 1 then the priest will pronounce him clean … and then he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 6 wn1f מִסְפַּ֣חַת 1 a rash A **rash** is an area of the skin that is irritated.
|
||||
LEV 13 8 ym6d figs-metaphor וְטִמְּא֥וֹ הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 8 lsj4 צָרַ֥עַת 1 a skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 9 f447 figs-activepassive וְהוּבָ֖א אֶל־ הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 then he must be brought to the priest The **priest** would determine if a disease was spreading. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone must bring him to the priest” or “then he must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 10 y3fz וּמִֽחְיַ֛ת בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י 1 and there is new raw flesh Here, **new raw flesh** could refer to open sores on the skin or it could refer to new skin that has grown, but the area around it is still diseased. Either one indicates that the skin disease is not healing properly.
|
||||
LEV 13 11 l2em צָרַ֨עַת נוֹשֶׁ֤נֶת 1 chronic skin disease A **chronic** **disease** is one that continues or reoccurs over a long period of time.
|
||||
LEV 13 11 w1up figs-metaphor וְטִמְּא֖וֹ הַכֹּהֵ֑ן…כִּ֥י טָמֵ֖א הֽוּא 1 and the priest must pronounce him unclean … because he is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 13 fw71 figs-metaphor וְטִהַ֖ר אֶת־ הַנָּ֑גַע…טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 then he must pronounce the infected person clean … He is clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 14 jl2x figs-metaphor יִטְמָֽא 1 he will be unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 15 nz1y figs-metaphor וְטִמְּא֑וֹ…טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא 1 and pronounce him unclean …it is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 15 kj82 וְטִמְּא֑וֹ 1 and pronounce him unclean Here, **him** refers to the person with the skin disease.
|
||||
LEV 13 15 uk5q הַבָּשָׂ֥ר הַחַ֛י 1 The raw flesh See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:10](../13/10.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 15 c219 צָרַ֥עַת 1 is a skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 17 q53z figs-metaphor וְטִהַ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־ הַנֶּ֖גַע 1 then the priest will pronounce the infected person clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 18 kw5i שְׁחִ֑ין 1 a boil A **boil** is a painful, swollen area on the skin that is infected.
|
||||
LEV 13 19 gc9j figs-activepassive וְנִרְאָ֖ה אֶל־ הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 then it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he must show it to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 20 c8ux figs-metaphor וְטִמְּא֧וֹ הַכֹּהֵ֛ן 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 21 k5ud יִרְאֶ֣נָּה 1 looks at it Here, **it** refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin.
|
||||
LEV 13 22 k8b8 figs-metaphor וְטִמֵּ֧א הַכֹּהֵ֛ן אֹת֖וֹ 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 23 cfg4 figs-metaphor וְטִהֲר֖וֹ הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 And the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 25 nx6x צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא…צָרַ֖עַת 1 then it is a skin disease … skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 25 a7iw figs-metaphor וְטִמֵּ֤א אֹתוֹ֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 And the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 26 a2pm יִרְאֶ֣נָּה 1 looks at it Here, **it** refers to the burn on the person’s skin.
|
||||
LEV 13 27 a6sa figs-metaphor וְטִמֵּ֤א הַכֹּהֵן֙ אֹת֔וֹ 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 27 jw1d צָרַ֖עַת 1 skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 28 rye3 figs-metaphor וְטִֽהֲרוֹ֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 And the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 30 ks4d figs-metaphor וְטִמֵּ֨א אֹת֤וֹ הַכֹּהֵן֙ 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 33 li6b figs-activepassive הַנֶּ֖תֶק לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חַ 1 the itchy area must not be shaved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but he must not shave the hair on the sore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 34 c5dp figs-metaphor וְטִהַ֤ר אֹתוֹ֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן…וְטָהֵֽר 1 then the priest must pronounce him clean … and he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 35 xt5g figs-metaphor אַחֲרֵ֖י טָהֳרָתֽוֹ 1 after he pronounced him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 36 p6fx figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 He is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 37 grx5 figs-metaphor טָה֣וֹר ה֑וּא וְטִהֲר֖וֹ הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 He is clean, and the priest will pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 39 c13i כֵּה֣וֹת לְבָנֹ֑ת 1 are a dull white Alternate translation: “are a faded white”
|
||||
LEV 13 39 v8r7 בֹּ֥הַק 1 a rash See how you translated **rash** in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 39 e8v5 figs-gendernotations טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 He is clean Here, **He** refers to both men and women in general. Alternate translation: “That person is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LEV 13 39 gbm1 figs-metaphor טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 He is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 40 b37h figs-metaphor טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 He is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 42 vwu4 צָרַ֤עַת 1 a skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 44 i6x8 figs-metaphor טָמֵ֣א ה֑וּא טַמֵּ֧א יְטַמְּאֶ֛נּוּ הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 1 is unclean. The priest must surely pronounce him unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 45 m4ek figs-metaphor וְטָמֵ֥א׀ טָמֵ֖א 1 Unclean, unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 46 zw43 מִח֥וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֖ה 1 outside the camp The **camp** is the area where the majority of Israelites lived. The unclean person was not permitted to live among them because his disease may spread to others.
|
||||
LEV 13 47 yjv7 וְהַבֶּ֕גֶד כִּֽי־ יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 As for the garment, when it has in it the infection of skin disease Alternate translation: “A garment that has and infection of skin disease in it” or “A garment that is diseased with an infection”
|
||||
LEV 13 48 ww38 figs-activepassive בְּכָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר 1 in anything made with leather If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in anything that someone has made from leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 49 bk97 וְהָיָ֨ה הַנֶּ֜גַע יְרַקְרַ֣ק׀ א֣וֹ אֲדַמְדָּ֗ם בַּבֶּגֶד֩ 1 if the infection is greenish or reddish in the garment Alternate translation: “if there is greenish or reddish infection in the garment”
|
||||
LEV 13 49 xcr7 figs-activepassive וְהָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־ הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 And it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And he owner must show it to a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 51 b5hr translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh” is the ordinal number for "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LEV 13 51 n4xg figs-activepassive לְכֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה הָע֖וֹר לִמְלָאכָ֑ה 1 whatever the work for which the leather is used If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anything in which a person uses leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 51 b3jb figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 it is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 52 r25j figs-activepassive בָּאֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף 1 In the fire it must be burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must burn the item in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 54 zq9x וְצִוָּה֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 then the priest will command Here the **priest** is telling the people what to do with household items that were possibly infected. Alternate translation: “then the priest will command the owners”
|
||||
LEV 13 55 wsk2 figs-activepassive אַחֲרֵ֣י׀ הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס 1 after being washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after they have washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 55 twr6 figs-metaphor טָמֵ֣א ה֔וּא 1 it is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 55 v5wf תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑נּוּ 1 you must burn it Here, **you** does not refer to the priest specifically. It just means someone **must burn** the object.
|
||||
LEV 13 56 h4my figs-activepassive אַחֲרֵ֖י הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס אֹת֑וֹ 1 after it was washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the owner washed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 57 t251 תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔נּוּ 1 you must burn it Here, **you** does not refer to the priest specifically. It just means someone **must burn** the item.
|
||||
LEV 13 58 bc84 figs-activepassive וְסָ֥ר מֵהֶ֖ם הַנָּ֑גַע 1 and the infection was removed from them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the item is no longer infected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 58 kxv3 figs-activepassive וְכֻבַּ֥ס 1 it must be washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner must wash it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 13 58 bbr2 figs-metaphor וְטָהֵֽר 1 and it will be clean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 13 59 h1gy צָרַ֜עַת בֶּ֥גֶד…כָּל־ כְּלִי־ ע֑וֹר 1 skin disease of the garment of … any article of leather See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:47-48](./47.md).
|
||||
LEV 13 59 llt7 לְטַהֲר֖וֹ א֥וֹ לְטַמְּאֽוֹ 1 for pronouncing it clean or for pronouncing it unclean Alternate translation: “so that a priest may declare that it is clean or that it is unclean”
|
||||
LEV 13 59 h98k figs-metaphor לְטַהֲר֖וֹ א֥וֹ לְטַמְּאֽוֹ 1 for pronouncing it clean or for pronouncing it unclean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **clean** and something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 intro u79h 0 # Leviticus 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Skin disease and mildew<br><br>This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
|
||||
LEV 14 1 gi74 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease.
|
||||
LEV 14 2 mv99 1 the day of his cleansing This refers to the day on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean.
|
||||
LEV 14 2 d521 figs-activepassive 1 He must be brought to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must bring him to the priest” or “He must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 3 b7wz 1 infectious skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 4 slt9 figs-activepassive 1 the one to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 4 t9pk figs-metaphor 1 clean birds Birds that God allowed the people to eat and offer as sacrifices are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 4 gdc5 1 scarlet yarn Alternate translation: “red yarn”
|
||||
LEV 14 4 ws3c translate-unknown 1 hyssop an herb with a pleasant smell that was used for medicine (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LEV 14 6 aws9 figs-activepassive 1 the bird that was killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bird that the person killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 7 cj5v figs-activepassive 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 7 m1fj figs-metaphor 1 the priest will pronounce him to be clean The person whom other people may touch and who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 8 m3zs 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease.
|
||||
LEV 14 8 dni4 figs-activepassive 1 The person who is being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person whom the priest is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 8 v8ty figs-metaphor 1 then he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 10 jjr4 1 he must take Here “he” refers to the man who was cleansed.
|
||||
LEV 14 10 vzq4 translate-bvolume 1 ephah One ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 10 ys2l translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 11 d4tp figs-activepassive 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 12 i44p translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 13 i44q 1 in the area of the tabernacle This phrase clarifies the previous phrase and further defines where the priest was to kill the lamb.
|
||||
LEV 14 14 pnv5 figs-activepassive 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 15 zyb9 translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 16 f3cv 1 sprinkle some of the oil … before Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the oil on. Alternate translation: “sprinkle some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence”
|
||||
LEV 14 17 l7kz 1 the rest of the oil in his hand Alternate translation: “the rest of the oil that is in his hand”
|
||||
LEV 14 17 c24c figs-activepassive 1 the person to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person whom he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 18 vmy1 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence”
|
||||
LEV 14 19 hs6x figs-activepassive 1 him who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 20 jn3n figs-metaphor 1 he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 21 c76j 1 cannot afford Alternate translation: “does not have enough money to buy”
|
||||
LEV 14 21 azv9 figs-activepassive 1 to be waved … for himself If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priest will wave … for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 21 hwj7 translate-bvolume 1 one-tenth of an ephah One-tenth of an ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 21 aj8d translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 24 u8i7 translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 25 g7wh figs-activepassive 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 27 lk7b 1 sprinkle … some of the oil … before Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the oil on. Alternate translation: “sprinkle … some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence”
|
||||
LEV 14 28 n3d5 figs-activepassive 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 30 hg23 1 He must offer Alternate translation: “The priest must offer”
|
||||
LEV 14 31 ap91 figs-activepassive 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 32 eka8 1 infectious skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 32 p78r figs-explicit 1 who is not able to afford Translate this so it is clear that the person does not have enough money to purchase a standard offering. Alternate translation: “who does not have enough money to buy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 14 34 snu5 figs-you 1 When you have come Here “you” refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LEV 14 34 u9um 1 mildew See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 2 mv99 בְּי֖וֹם טָהֳרָת֑וֹ 1 on the day of his cleansing This refers to the **day** on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean.
|
||||
LEV 14 2 d521 figs-activepassive וְהוּבָ֖א אֶל־ הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 And he must be brought to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And someone must bring him to the priest” or “And he must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 3 b7wz נֶֽגַע־ הַצָּרַ֖עַת 1 the infection of skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 4 slt9 figs-activepassive לַמִּטַּהֵ֛ר 1 for the one who is being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 4 t9pk figs-metaphor שְׁתֵּֽי־ צִפֳּרִ֥ים חַיּ֖וֹת טְהֹר֑וֹת 1 two live, clean birds The **birds** that God allowed the people to eat and offer as sacrifices are spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 4 gdc5 וּשְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת 1 and crimson yarn Alternate translation: “and red yarn”
|
||||
LEV 14 4 ws3c translate-unknown וְאֵזֹֽב 1 and hyssop The word **hyssop** refer to a herb with a pleasant smell that was used for medicine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LEV 14 6 aws9 figs-activepassive הַצִּפֹּ֣ר הַשְּׁחֻטָ֔ה 1 the bird that was slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bird that the person killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 7 cj5v figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵ֛ר 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 7 m1fj figs-metaphor וְטִ֣הֲר֔וֹ 1 and he will pronounce him clean The person whom other people may touch and who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 8 dni4 figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵ֨ר 1 the one who is being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person whom the priest is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 8 v8ty figs-metaphor וְטָהֵ֔ר 1 and then he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 10 jjr4 יִקַּ֤ח 1 he must take Here, **he** refers to the man who was cleansed.
|
||||
LEV 14 10 vzq4 translate-bvolume וּשְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים 1 and three-tenths of an ephah of One **ephah** is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 10 ys2l translate-bvolume וְלֹ֥ג אֶחָ֖ד שָֽׁמֶן 1 and one log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 11 d4tp figs-activepassive אֵ֛ת הָאִ֥ישׁ הַמִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 12 i44p translate-bvolume לֹ֣ג הַשָּׁ֑מֶן 1 the log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 13 i44q בִּמְק֣וֹם הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 in the holy place Here, **in the holy place** clarifies the previous phrase and further defines where the priest was to kill the lamb.
|
||||
LEV 14 14 pnv5 figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 15 zyb9 translate-bvolume מִלֹּ֣ג הַשָּׁ֑מֶן 1 some of the log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 16 f3cv וְהִזָּ֨ה מִן־ הַשֶּׁ֧מֶן…לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 and sprinkle some of the oil … before the face of Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the **oil** on. Alternate translation: “sprinkle some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence”
|
||||
LEV 14 17 c24c figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵר֙ 1 the person being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person whom he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 18 vmy1 לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence”
|
||||
LEV 14 19 hs6x figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the one being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 20 jn3n figs-metaphor וְטָהֵֽר 1 and he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 21 c76j וְאֵ֣ין יָדוֹ֮ מַשֶּׂגֶת֒ 1 and his hand is not reaching Alternate translation: “he does not have enough money to buy”
|
||||
LEV 14 21 azv9 figs-activepassive לִתְנוּפָ֖ה לְכַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑יו 1 to be waved, to make atonement for him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priest will wave to make atonement for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 21 hwj7 translate-bvolume וְעִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד 1 and one-tenth of an ephah of fine flour One-tenth of an **ephah** is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 21 aj8d translate-bvolume וְלֹ֥ג שָֽׁמֶן 1 and a log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 24 u8i7 translate-bvolume לֹ֣ג הַשָּׁ֑מֶן 1 and the log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 14 25 g7wh figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the one being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 27 lk7b וְהִזָּ֤ה הַכֹּהֵן֙… מִן־ הַשֶּׁ֕מֶן…לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 And the priest will sprinkle … some of the oil … before the face of Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the **oil** on. Alternate translation: “And the priest will sprinkle … some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence”
|
||||
LEV 14 28 n3d5 figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵר֙ 1 the one being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 30 hg23 וְעָשָׂ֤ה 1 And he must offer Alternate translation: “And the priest must offer”
|
||||
LEV 14 31 ap91 figs-activepassive הַמִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the one being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 32 eka8 נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 is an infection of skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 32 p78r figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־ תַשִּׂ֥יג יָד֖וֹ 1 whose hand is not able to reach Translate this so it is clear that the person does not have enough money to purchase a standard offering. Alternate translation: “who does not have enough money to buy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 14 34 snu5 figs-you כִּ֤י תָבֹ֨אוּ֙ 1 When you have come Here, **you** refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LEV 14 34 u9um נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת 1 an infection of skin disease See how you translated this phrase in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 34 ap3a figs-abstractnouns אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְכֶֽם 1 in the land of your possession If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **possession**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in the land that you possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LEV 14 36 q9ki figs-activepassive 1 so that nothing in the house will be made unclean Once the priest declared the house to be unclean, everything in the house became unclean, as well. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he does not need to declare anything left in the house to be unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 36 uq4m figs-metaphor 1 the house will be made unclean The house that Yahweh has stated is unfit for people to touch or live in is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 37 nv5n 1 in the depressions in the wall’s surface This means the priest is to determine whether mildew has gone deeper that just the surface of the walls.
|
||||
LEV 14 40 w3za figs-activepassive 1 in which the mildew has been found If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which they found the mildew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 40 j27k figs-metaphor 1 an unclean place A place that is unfit for people to occupy or to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 41 kwu9 1 He will require Here “He” refers to the priest.
|
||||
LEV 14 41 r6rp figs-activepassive 1 all the inside walls of the house to be scraped If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the owner scrapes all the inside walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 41 z2is figs-activepassive 1 the contaminated material that is scraped off This refers to the material with mildew on it. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the contaminated material that they scraped off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 41 y6tq figs-metaphor 1 the unclean place A place that is unfit for people to occupy or to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 42 bs5w figs-activepassive 1 the stones that were removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the stones that they removed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 42 p5i3 1 they must use new clay to plaster the house Alternate translation: “they must cover the stones with new clay”
|
||||
LEV 14 43 bcz7 figs-activepassive 1 in the house … then replastered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the house after the owner takes away the stones, scrapes the walls, and covers the new stones with clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 44 m5cx figs-metaphor 1 the house is unclean A house that is unfit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 45 j2th figs-activepassive 1 The house must be torn down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must tear the house down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 45 hu1d figs-activepassive 1 The stones, timber, and all the plaster in the house must be carried away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must carry away the stones, timber, and all the plaster in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 46 je7y figs-metaphor 1 whoever goes into the house … will be unclean A person whom other people may not touch and who is not acceptable for God’s purposes because he has entered the house is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 46 si4v 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 14 48 aw4s figs-activepassive 1 the house was plastered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner put new clay on the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 48 h8ex figs-metaphor 1 he will pronounce the house clean A place that is fit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 49 qk3m 1 cedar wood, and scarlet yarn, and hyssop See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 14:4](../14/04.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 51 cq38 figs-activepassive 1 the blood of the killed bird If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the blood of the bird that he killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 52 k4zl 1 He will cleanse the house Alternate translation: “The priest will make the house ritually clean”
|
||||
LEV 14 53 x2at figs-metaphor 1 it will be clean A house that is fit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 54 f451 1 infectious skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 55 e1sz 1 mildew See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 56 qrw5 1 rash See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 57 mf15 figs-metaphor 1 unclean or … clean People and items that other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean, and those which people may touch are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 36 q9ki figs-activepassive וְלֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּבָּ֑יִת 1 so that all that is in the house will not be made unclean Once the priest declared **the house** to be unclean, everything in the house became **unclean**, as well. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he does not need to declare anything left in the house to be unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 36 uq4m figs-metaphor וְלֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּבָּ֑יִת 1 so that all that is in the house will not be made unclean The house that Yahweh has stated is unfit for people to touch or live in is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 37 nv5n וּמַרְאֵיהֶ֥ן שָׁפָ֖ל מִן־ הַקִּֽיר 1 and it appears to be deeper than the wall This means the priest is to determine whether mildew has gone **deeper** that just the surface of the **wall**.
|
||||
LEV 14 40 j27k figs-metaphor מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא 1 an unclean place A place that is unfit for people to occupy or to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 41 kwu9 וְאֶת־ הַבַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ 1 And he will have the house scraped Here, **he** refers to the priest.
|
||||
LEV 14 41 r6rp figs-activepassive וְאֶת־ הַבַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ מִבַּ֖יִת סָבִ֑יב 1 And he will have the house scraped from around the house If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And he will tell the owner of the house to scrape it and all its walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 41 y6tq figs-metaphor מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא 1 an unclean place A **place** that is unfit for people to occupy or to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 42 p5i3 וְעָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר יִקַּ֖ח וְטָ֥ח אֶת־ הַבָּֽיִת 1 and take other dirt and plaster the house Alternate translation: “and they must cover the stones with new clay”
|
||||
LEV 14 43 bcz7 figs-activepassive אַחַ֖ר חִלֵּ֣ץ אֶת־ הָאֲבָנִ֑ים וְאַחֲרֵ֛י הִקְצ֥וֹת אֶת־ הַבַּ֖יִת וְאַחֲרֵ֥י הִטּֽוֹחַ 1 after the stones have been pulled out and after the house has been scraped off and after the plastering If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the owner takes away the stones, scrapes the walls, and covers the new stones with clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 44 m5cx figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 It is unclean A house that is unfit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 45 j2th figs-activepassive וְנָתַ֣ץ אֶת־ הַבַּ֗יִת 1 And the house must be torn down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must tear the house down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 46 je7y figs-metaphor וְהַבָּא֙ אֶל־ הַבַּ֔יִת…יִטְמָ֖א 1 And the one who goes into the house … will be unclean A person whom other people may not touch and who is not acceptable for God’s purposes because he has entered the house is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 46 si4v עַד־ הָעָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 14 48 aw4s figs-activepassive הִטֹּ֣חַ אֶת־ הַבָּ֑יִת 1 the house was plastered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner put new clay on the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 48 h8ex figs-metaphor וְטִהַ֤ר הַכֹּהֵן֙ אֶת־ הַבַּ֔יִת 1 then the priest will pronounce the house clean The house that is fit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 49 qk3m וְעֵ֣ץ אֶ֔רֶז וּשְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת וְאֵזֹֽב 1 and cedar wood, and scarlet yarn, and hyssop See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 14:4](../14/04.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 51 cq38 figs-activepassive הַצִּפֹּ֣ר הַשְּׁחוּטָ֔ה 1 the bird that was slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bird that he killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 14 52 k4zl וְחִטֵּ֣א אֶת־ הַבַּ֔יִת 1 And he will cleanse the house Alternate translation: “And the priest will make the house ritually clean”
|
||||
LEV 14 53 x2at figs-metaphor וְטָהֵֽר 1 and it will be clean A house that is fit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 14 54 f451 נֶ֥גַע הַצָּרַ֖עַת 1 infection of skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 55 e1sz וּלְצָרַ֥עַת 1 and for the skin disease of See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 56 qrw5 וְלַסַּפַּ֖חַת 1 and for a rash See how you translated **rash** in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md).
|
||||
LEV 14 57 mf15 figs-metaphor הַטָּמֵ֖א…הַטָּהֹ֑ר 1 it is unclean … it is clean People and items that other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**, and those which people may touch are spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 intro zp3s 0 # Leviticus 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bodily fluid<br><br>This chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Cleanliness<br><br>While these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
|
||||
LEV 15 2 rq7z figs-euphemism 1 comes out of his body This refers to the man’s private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 15 2 t2h2 figs-metaphor 1 he becomes unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 3 z6ih 1 it is unclean Alternate translation: “his body is unclean” or “he is unclean”
|
||||
LEV 15 4 r4wq figs-metaphor 1 unclean The bed or anything that the man sits on that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 5 eph5 figs-metaphor 1 Whoever touches his bed … be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 5 u9ae 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 6 en8z figs-metaphor 1 he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 6 ufk1 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 7 sr1b 1 who touches the body Alternate translation: “who touches any part of the body”
|
||||
LEV 15 8 j7ua figs-metaphor 1 someone who is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 8 y923 figs-metaphor 1 he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 9 vfp5 1 saddle A saddle is a leather seat that a person puts on the back of a horse in order to ride it.
|
||||
LEV 15 9 v5rf figs-metaphor 1 Any saddle … will be unclean Something that Yahweh has stated is unfit to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 10 dsi4 1 that person This refers to the person with the infected fluid.
|
||||
LEV 15 10 t3d9 figs-metaphor 1 will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 10 ajr2 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 11 ga5g 1 Whomever he who has such a flow touches Alternate translation: “Whomever the person with the infected flow touches”
|
||||
LEV 15 11 wx9q figs-activepassive 1 the person who was touched If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person whom he touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 15 12 g4sf figs-activepassive 1 Any clay pot that the one with such a flow of fluid touches must be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must break any clay pot that the one with such a flow of fluid touches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 15 12 r356 figs-activepassive 1 every container of wood must be rinsed in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must rinse every wooden container in water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 15 2 rq7z figs-euphemism מִבְּשָׂר֔וֹ 1 from his body This refers to the man’s private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 15 2 t2h2 figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 makes him unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 3 z6ih טֻמְאָת֖וֹ הִֽוא 1 it is his uncleanness Alternate translation: “his body is unclean” or “he is unclean”
|
||||
LEV 15 4 r4wq figs-metaphor יִטְמָ֑א…יִטְמָֽא 1 will be unclean … will be unclean The bed or anything that the man sits on that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 5 eph5 figs-metaphor וְאִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִגַּ֖ע בְּמִשְׁכָּב֑וֹ…וְטָמֵ֥א 1 And a man who touches his bed … and he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 5 u9ae עַד־ הָעָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 6 en8z figs-metaphor וְטָמֵ֥א 1 and he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 6 ufk1 עַד־ הָעָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 7 sr1b וְהַנֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּבְשַׂ֣ר 1 And the one who touches the body of Alternate translation: “And anyone who touches any part of the body”
|
||||
LEV 15 8 j7ua figs-metaphor בַּטָּה֑וֹר 1 on someone who is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 8 y923 figs-metaphor וְטָמֵ֥א 1 and he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 9 vfp5 הַמֶּרְכָּ֗ב 1 saddle A **saddle** is a leather seat that a person puts on the back of a horse in order to ride it.
|
||||
LEV 15 9 v5rf figs-metaphor וְכָל־ הַמֶּרְכָּ֗ב…יִטְמָֽא 1 And any saddle … will be unclean Something that Yahweh has stated is unfit to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 10 dsi4 תַחְתָּ֔יו 1 under him Here, **him** refers to the person with the infected fluid.
|
||||
LEV 15 10 t3d9 figs-metaphor יִטְמָ֖א…וְטָמֵ֥א 1 will be unclean … and he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 10 ajr2 עַד־ הָעָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 11 ga5g וְכֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִגַּע־ בּוֹ֙ הַזָּ֔ב 1 And anyone whom the one with a fluid discharge touches Alternate translation: “And whomever the person with the infected flow touches”
|
||||
LEV 15 12 g4sf figs-activepassive וּכְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּע־ בּ֥וֹ הַזָּ֖ב יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר 1 And a vessel of clay that the one with a fluid discharge touches must be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And someone must break any clay pot that the one with such a flow of fluid touches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 15 12 r356 figs-activepassive וְכָל־ כְּלִי־ עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּמָּֽיִם 1 and every vessel of wood must be rinsed in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and someone must rinse every wooden container in water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 15 13 g7s1 figs-metaphor יִטְהַ֤ר…מִזּוֹב֔וֹ 1 becomes cleansed from his flow The man recovering from his sickness is spoken of as if he becomes physically clean. Alternate translation: “is healed from his flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 13 oh1c figs-activepassive יִטְהַ֤ר…מִזּוֹב֔וֹ 1 becomes cleansed from his flow If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “recovers from his flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 15 13 r4t4 figs-metaphor 1 Then he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 16 p5mn figs-metaphor 1 unclean until evening People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 16 e7cj 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 17 nnc6 figs-activepassive 1 Every garment … must be washed with water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must wash with water every garment or leather on which there is semen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 15 18 m4i8 figs-euphemism 1 man lies with a woman This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “man has sexual relations with a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 15 19 jke6 1 menstruates This word refers to the time when blood flows from a woman’s womb.
|
||||
LEV 15 19 qi1y 1 her impurity will continue Alternate translation: “she will continue to be impure”
|
||||
LEV 15 19 j9uv figs-metaphor 1 will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 20 s2rz 1 her period These words refer to the time when blood flows from a woman’s womb.
|
||||
LEV 15 21 q7rj 1 her bed This refers to the woman who is menstruating.
|
||||
LEV 15 21 wyi5 figs-metaphor 1 that person will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 21 jfz2 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 24 k2wv figs-euphemism 1 If any man lies with her This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “If any man has sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 15 24 sj7t 1 her impure flow Alternate translation: “her unclean flow” or “the blood from her womb”
|
||||
LEV 15 24 qy1k figs-metaphor 1 will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 25 he4r 1 she will be as if she were in the days of her period This means that if the woman bleeds from her womb at any time other than her regular menstruation time, she is still unclean just like during her menstruation.
|
||||
LEV 15 25 z9ja figs-metaphor 1 She is unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 26 k8wz figs-metaphor 1 everything on which she sits will be unclean Objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 27 n6w8 figs-metaphor 1 Whoever touches … will be unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 28 b471 1 But if she The word “she” refers to the woman who is menstruating.
|
||||
LEV 15 13 r4t4 figs-metaphor וְטָהֵֽר 1 And he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 16 p5mn figs-metaphor וְטָמֵ֥א 1 And he will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 16 e7cj עַד־ הָעָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 17 nnc6 figs-activepassive וְכָל־ בֶּ֣גֶד וְכָל־ ע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁר־ יִהְיֶ֥ה עָלָ֖יו שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע וְכֻבַּ֥ס בַּמַּ֖יִם 1 And any garment and any leather on which there is an emission of seed must be washed in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And someone must wash with water every garment or leather on which there is semen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 15 18 m4i8 figs-euphemism וְאִשָּׁ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכַּ֥ב אִ֛ישׁ אֹתָ֖הּ 1 And if a man lies with a woman This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “And if man has sexual relations with a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 15 19 jke6 בְנִדָּתָ֔הּ 1 in her menstruation The word **menstruation** refers to the time when blood flows from a woman’s womb.
|
||||
LEV 15 19 j9uv figs-metaphor וְכָל־ הַנֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ֖הּ יִטְמָ֥א 1 And any one who touches her will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 20 s2rz בְּנִדָּתָ֖הּ 1 during her menstruation The word ** menstruation** refers to the time when blood flows from a woman’s womb.
|
||||
LEV 15 21 q7rj בְּמִשְׁכָּבָ֑הּ 1 her bed Here, **her** refers to the woman who is menstruating.
|
||||
LEV 15 21 wyi5 figs-metaphor וְטָמֵ֥א 1 And he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 21 jfz2 עַד־ הָעָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 15 24 k2wv figs-euphemism וְאִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗הּ 1 And if a man actually lies with her This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “And if any man has sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 15 24 sj7t נִדָּתָהּ֙ 1 her menstrual impurity Alternate translation: “her unclean flow” or “the blood from her womb”
|
||||
LEV 15 24 qy1k figs-metaphor יִטְמָֽא 1 will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 25 he4r כָּל־ יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗הּ כִּימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛הּ תִּהְיֶ֖ה 1 all the days of the discharge of her uncleanness will be as the days of her menstruation This means that if the woman bleeds from her womb at any time other than her regular **menstruation** time, she is still unclean just like during her menstruation.
|
||||
LEV 15 25 z9ja figs-metaphor טְמֵאָ֥ה הִֽוא 1 She is unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 26 k8wz figs-metaphor וְכָֽל־ הַכְּלִי֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּשֵׁ֣ב עָלָ֔יו טָמֵ֣א יִהְיֶ֔ה 1 And any thing which she sits on will be unclean Objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 27 n6w8 figs-metaphor וְכָל־ הַנּוֹגֵ֥עַ בָּ֖ם יִטְמָ֑א…וְטָמֵ֥א 1 And any one who touches them will be unclean … and he will be unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 28 b471 וְאִֽם־ טָהֲרָ֖ה 1 And if she is cleansed The word **she** refers to the woman who is menstruating.
|
||||
LEV 15 28 q2f4 figs-metaphor טָהֲרָ֖ה מִזּוֹבָ֑הּ 1 she is cleansed from her discharge The woman recovering from her bleeding is spoken of as if she becomes physically clean. Alternate translation: “she is healed from her flow of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 28 wynt figs-activepassive טָהֲרָ֖ה מִזּוֹבָ֑הּ 1 she is cleansed from her discharge If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she recovers from her flow of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 15 28 aw6t figs-metaphor 1 she will be clean The woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 29 c2yn 1 she will take to her Alternate translation: “she will take for herself”
|
||||
LEV 15 30 ja3w 1 her unclean flow of blood Alternate translation: “her flow of blood that makes her unclean”
|
||||
LEV 15 28 aw6t figs-metaphor תִּטְהָֽר 1 she will be clean The woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 30 ja3w מִזּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽהּ 1 because of her unclean fluid discharge Alternate translation: “because of her flow of blood that makes her unclean”
|
||||
LEV 15 31 ayf7 figs-metaphor וְהִזַּרְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִטֻּמְאָתָ֑ם 1 And you must separate the sons of Israel from their uncleanness Yahweh speaks of preventing the people from becoming unclean as if it were keeping the people at a safe distance from uncleanness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 31 qmq1 figs-abstractnouns וְהִזַּרְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִטֻּמְאָתָ֑ם 1 And you must separate the sons of Israel from their uncleanness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea with “unclean.” Alternate translation: “And you must prevent the people of Israel from becoming unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LEV 15 31 z8ta figs-metaphor 1 their uncleanness People whom other people may not touch and who are not acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 32 pb3a 1 These are the regulations Alternate translation: “These are the things that must be done”
|
||||
LEV 15 32 mf54 figs-metaphor 1 makes him unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 33 da8q figs-metaphor 1 an unclean woman People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 33 z57j 1 who has a menstrual period Alternate translation: “who is menstruating” or “who is bleeding from her womb”
|
||||
LEV 15 33 u1j5 figs-euphemism 1 who lies with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “who has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 15 31 z8ta figs-metaphor מִטֻּמְאָתָ֑ם 1 from their uncleanness People whom other people may not touch and who are not acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 32 pb3a זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת 1 This is the law Alternate translation: “This is what must be done”
|
||||
LEV 15 32 mf54 figs-metaphor לְטָמְאָה 1 to become unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 15 33 z57j וְהַדָּוָה֙ בְּנִדָּתָ֔הּ 1 and for the one who is sick in her menstruation Alternate translation: “and for a woman who is menstruating” or “and for a woman who is bleeding from her womb”
|
||||
LEV 15 33 u1j5 figs-euphemism אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁכַּ֖ב עִם־ 1 who lies with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “who has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 15 33 da8q figs-metaphor טְמֵאָֽה 1 an unclean woman People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 intro g4sb 0 # Leviticus 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>Because Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Day of Atonement<br><br>This chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
LEV 16 1 j5x7 1 Aaron’s two sons This refers to Nadab and Abihu. They died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve ([Leviticus 10:1-2](../10/01.md)).
|
||||
LEV 16 3 xjg8 1 So here is how Alternate translation: “This is how”
|
||||
LEV 16 4 l4te 1 undergarments clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes
|
||||
LEV 16 4 w2r2 1 sash a piece of cloth that ties around the waist or chest
|
||||
LEV 16 4 cdp7 1 turban head covering made from wrapped strips of cloth
|
||||
LEV 16 5 sb1l 1 from the assembly Alternate translation: “from the congregation”
|
||||
LEV 16 6 pz6c 1 the sin offering, which will be for himself Alternate translation: “the sin offering for himself”
|
||||
LEV 16 8 x47b 1 the scapegoat Aaron was to have someone set the goat free in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “the goat that is sent away”
|
||||
LEV 16 9 zfb1 1 on which the lot fell Alternate translation: “which the lot designated”
|
||||
LEV 16 10 w2u4 figs-activepassive 1 But the goat … must be brought alive before Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Aaron must bring the goat … alive before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 16 11 gla3 figs-explicit 1 he must kill the bull Aaron would catch the blood of the bull in a bowl so he could later sprinkle it on the atonement lid. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 16 12 qg8f 1 censer a container for fire and incense, used by the priests
|
||||
LEV 16 12 rb7j 1 sweet incense This refers to the smell and not to the taste of the incense. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling incense”
|
||||
LEV 16 14 q6jm 1 the blood of the bull This is the blood Aaron caught with a bowl in [Leviticus 16:11](../16/11.md).
|
||||
LEV 16 14 an6m 1 sprinkle it with his finger He used his finger to splash the blood.
|
||||
LEV 16 14 l8cz 1 on the front of the atonement lid He put the blood on the top part of the lid. He also put it on the side of the lid that was towards him as he entered the most holy place.
|
||||
LEV 16 14 c3u7 1 before the atonement lid This could mean: (1) “below the atonement lid onto the chest” or (2) “onto the ground in front of the atonement lid.”
|
||||
LEV 16 15 z5rn 1 He must sprinkle it on the atonement lid and then before the atonement lid Aaron sprinkled the blood in the same manner that he did with the bull’s blood. See how you translated the previous instructions in [Leviticus 16:14](../16/14.md).
|
||||
LEV 16 16 p9s9 1 He must make atonement for the holy place because of the unclean actions of the people of Israel The sins of the people of Israel made the holy place unclean.
|
||||
LEV 16 16 p2fa 1 unclean actions … rebellion … sins These words mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people have committed all kinds of sins.
|
||||
LEV 16 16 ie53 figs-metaphor 1 unclean actions Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 16 c3bl figs-metonymy 1 in the presence of their unclean actions The phrase “their unclean actions” represents the people who commit sinful actions. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who commit sinful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 16 18 jra4 1 He must go out to the altar that is before Yahweh This is the altar of sacrifice just inside the courtyard of the tabernacle.
|
||||
LEV 16 18 nlh4 1 make atonement for it Like the holy place and tent of meeting, the altar is unclean because of the sins of the people.
|
||||
LEV 16 18 ugh7 1 horns of the altar This refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “the projections at the corners of the altar”
|
||||
LEV 16 19 tlc4 figs-metaphor 1 to cleanse it The altar being fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 19 vez3 figs-metaphor 1 set it apart to Yahweh, away from the unclean actions of the people of Israel The altar being dedicated to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were physically separated from the sins of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 19 im8f figs-metaphor 1 the unclean actions Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 20 c4dz 1 he must present the live goat This goat is called the scapegoat in verse [Leviticus 16:10](../16/10.md).
|
||||
LEV 16 21 ak31 1 confess over him Alternate translation: “confess over the goat”
|
||||
LEV 16 21 luj7 translate-symaction 1 he must put that sinfulness on the head of the goat Aaron’s actions here were a symbolic transfer of the people’s sin to the goat as a sign that the goat would bear the punishment for their guilt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LEV 16 21 xn8e 1 wickedness … rebellion … sins These all mean basically the same thing. Aaron is confessing every kind of sin that the people committed.
|
||||
LEV 16 23 d54v 1 take off the linen garments These were the special garments Aaron wore only when he entered the most holy place.
|
||||
LEV 16 24 aje8 1 He must bathe his body in water in a holy place Here “holy place” does not refer to the tent of meeting. This was a different place set aside for him to bathe himself.
|
||||
LEV 16 24 am7z 1 put on his normal garments These are the clothes that Aaron wore for his ordinary duties.
|
||||
LEV 16 25 i3q5 1 He must burn Alternate translation: “Aaron must burn”
|
||||
LEV 16 26 ux3v 1 The man who let the scapegoat go free must wash his clothes and bathe his body in water The man was unclean because of his contact with the scapegoat, which carried the sin of the people.
|
||||
LEV 16 26 wer6 1 scapegoat See how you translated this in [Leviticus 16:8](../16/08.md). Alternate translation: “the goat that is sent away”
|
||||
LEV 16 27 zfe4 figs-activepassive 1 whose blood was brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose blood Aaron brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 16 27 w3zh figs-activepassive 1 must be carried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must carry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 16 27 siz5 1 their hides Alternate translation: “their skins.” Here “their” refers to the bull and the goat.
|
||||
LEV 16 29 xdf2 figs-you 1 for you The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LEV 16 29 b4lj translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽעָשׂ֨וֹר לַחֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on the western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
LEV 16 29 uo7p translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽעָשׂ֨וֹר לַחֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month The words **seventh** and **tenth** are the ordinal forms of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven on day ten of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LEV 16 30 x3yt figs-activepassive 1 atonement will be made for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Aaron will make atonement for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 16 30 qxv8 figs-metaphor 1 to cleanse you … so you will be clean People who are acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 31 aut2 1 It is a solemn Sabbath of rest for you This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement.
|
||||
LEV 16 32 xf3g figs-activepassive 1 the one who will be anointed and ordained If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one they will anoint and ordain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 16 32 t3xf 1 in his father’s place When the high priest died, one of his sons would replace him.
|
||||
LEV 16 32 g6n6 1 the holy garments These are special clothes the high priest must wear when he enters the most holy place.
|
||||
LEV 16 33 cx4j 1 for all the people of the assembly Alternate translation: “for all the people of Israel”
|
||||
LEV 16 1 j5x7 שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן 1 the two sons of Aaron The phrase **the two sons of Aaron** refers to Nadab and Abihu, who died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve ([Leviticus 10:1-2](../10/01.md)).
|
||||
LEV 16 4 l4te וּמִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ 1 and the linen undergarments These **undergarments** were clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes.
|
||||
LEV 16 4 w2r2 וּבְאַבְנֵ֥ט בַּד֙ 1 and … the linen sash A **sash** is a piece of cloth that ties around the waist or chest.
|
||||
LEV 16 4 cdp7 וּבְמִצְנֶ֥פֶת בַּ֖ד 1 and … the linen turban A **turban** is a head covering made from wrapped strips of cloth.
|
||||
LEV 16 5 sb1l וּמֵאֵ֗ת עֲדַת֙ 1 And from the assembly of Alternate translation: “And from the congregation of”
|
||||
LEV 16 6 pz6c הַחַטָּ֖את אֲשֶׁר־ ל֑וֹ 1 as the sin offering, which will be for himself Alternate translation: “as the sin offering for himself”
|
||||
LEV 16 8 x47b לַעֲזָאזֵֽל 1 for the goat that departs Aaron was to have someone set the goat free in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “the scapegoat” or “for the goat that is sent away”
|
||||
LEV 16 9 zfb1 אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָלָ֥ה עָלָ֛יו הַגּוֹרָ֖ל 1 on which the lot fell Alternate translation: “which the lot designated”
|
||||
LEV 16 10 w2u4 figs-activepassive וְהַשָּׂעִ֗יר…יָֽעֳמַד־ חַ֛י 1 And the goat … must be placed alive If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Aaron must bring the goat … alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 16 11 gla3 figs-explicit וְשָׁחַ֛ט 1 And he must slaughter Aaron would catch the blood of the bull in a bowl so he could later sprinkle it on the atonement lid. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And he must slaughter and catch the blood of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 16 12 qg8f מְלֹֽא־ הַ֠מַּחְתָּה 1 a full censer of A **censor** is a container for fire and incense, used by the priests.
|
||||
LEV 16 14 q6jm מִדַּ֣ם הַפָּ֔ר 1 some of the blood of the bull This is the **blood** Aaron caught with a bowl in [Leviticus 16:11](../16/11.md).
|
||||
LEV 16 14 l8cz עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַכַּפֹּ֖רֶת 1 on the face of the atonement lid He put the blood on the top part of the **lid** that was towards him as he entered the most holy place.
|
||||
LEV 16 14 c3u7 וְלִפְנֵ֣י הַכַּפֹּ֗רֶת 1 And before the face of the atonement lid This could mean: (1) “And below the atonement lid onto the chest” or (2) “And onto the ground in front of the atonement lid.”
|
||||
LEV 16 15 z5rn וְהִזָּ֥ה אֹת֛וֹ עַל־ הַכַּפֹּ֖רֶת וְלִפְנֵ֥י הַכַּפֹּֽרֶת 1 And he must sprinkle it on the atonement lid and before the face of the atonement lid Aaron sprinkled the blood in the same manner that he did with the bull’s blood. See how you translated the previous instructions in [Leviticus 16:14](../16/14.md).
|
||||
LEV 16 16 p9s9 וְכִפֶּ֣ר עַל־ הַקֹּ֗דֶשׁ מִטֻּמְאֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 And he must make atonement for the holy place because of the uncleanness of the sons of Israel The sins of the people of **Israel** made the **holy place** unclean.
|
||||
LEV 16 16 p2fa מִטֻּמְאֹת֙…וּמִפִּשְׁעֵיהֶ֖ם…חַטֹּאתָ֑ם 1 because of the uncleanness of … and because of their rebellion … their sins The words **uncleanness**, **rebellion**, and **sins** mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people have committed all kinds of sins.
|
||||
LEV 16 16 ie53 figs-metaphor מִטֻּמְאֹת֙ 1 because of the uncleanness of Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 16 c3bl figs-metonymy בְּת֖וֹךְ טֻמְאֹתָֽם 1 in the midst of their uncleanness The phrase **their uncleanness** represents the people who commit sinful actions. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who commit sinful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 16 18 jra4 וְיָצָ֗א אֶל־ הַמִּזְבֵּ֛חַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר לִפְנֵֽי־ יְהוָ֖ה 1 And he must go out to the altar that is before the face of Yahweh This is the **altar** of sacrifice just inside the courtyard of the tabernacle.
|
||||
LEV 16 18 nlh4 וְכִפֶּ֣ר עָלָ֑יו 1 and make atonement for it Like the holy place and tent of meeting, the altar is unclean because of the sins of the people.
|
||||
LEV 16 18 ugh7 קַרְנ֥וֹת הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “the projections at the corners of the altar”
|
||||
LEV 16 19 tlc4 figs-metaphor וְטִהֲר֣וֹ 1 And he will cleanse it Making the altar fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the priest were physically cleansing it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 19 vez3 figs-metaphor וְקִדְּשׁ֔וֹ מִטֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 and set it apart from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel The altar being dedicated to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were being physically separated from the sins of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 19 im8f figs-metaphor מִטֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physical **uncleanness**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 20 c4dz וְהִקְרִ֖יב אֶת־ הַשָּׂעִ֥יר הֶחָֽי 1 then he must present the live goat This **goat** is called the scapegoat in verse [Leviticus 16:10](../16/10.md).
|
||||
LEV 16 21 ak31 וְהִתְוַדָּ֣ה עָלָ֗יו 1 and confess over it Alternate translation: “and confess over the goat”
|
||||
LEV 16 21 xn8e עֲוֺנֹת֙…פִּשְׁעֵיהֶ֖ם…חַטֹּאתָ֑ם 1 the wickedness of … their rebellion … their sins The words **wickedness**, **rebellion**, and **sins** mean basically the same thing. Aaron is confessing every kind of sin that the people committed.
|
||||
LEV 16 21 luj7 translate-symaction וְנָתַ֤ן אֹתָם֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ הַשָּׂעִ֔יר 1 And he must put them on the head of the goat Aaron’s actions here were a symbolic transfer of the people’s sin to the **goat** as a sign that the goat would bear the punishment for their guilt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LEV 16 23 d54v וּפָשַׁט֙ אֶת־ בִּגְדֵ֣י הַבָּ֔ד 1 and take off the linen garments These were the special **garments** Aaron wore only when he entered the most holy place.
|
||||
LEV 16 24 aje8 וְרָחַ֨ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֤וֹ בַמַּ֨יִם֙ בְּמָק֣וֹם קָד֔וֹשׁ 1 And he must bathe his body in water in a holy place Here, **holy place** does not refer to the tent of meeting. This was a different place set aside for him to **bathe** himself.
|
||||
LEV 16 24 am7z וְלָבַ֖שׁ אֶת־ בְּגָדָ֑יו 1 and put on his garments These **garments** were the clothes that Aaron wore for his ordinary duties.
|
||||
LEV 16 25 i3q5 יַקְטִ֥יר 1 he must burn Alternate translation: “Aaron must burn”
|
||||
LEV 16 26 ux3v וְהַֽמְשַׁלֵּ֤חַ אֶת־ הַשָּׂעִיר֙ לַֽעֲזָאזֵ֔ל יְכַבֵּ֣ס בְּגָדָ֔יו וְרָחַ֥ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֖וֹ בַּמָּ֑יִם 1 And the one who sent away the goat as a goat that departs must wash his clothes and bathe his body in water The man was unclean because of his contact with the scapegoat, which carried the sin of the people.
|
||||
LEV 16 26 wer6 לַֽעֲזָאזֵ֔ל 1 as a goat that departs See how you translated this in [Leviticus 16:8](../16/08.md). Alternate translation: “the goat that is sent away”
|
||||
LEV 16 27 zfe4 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּבָ֤א אֶת־ דָּמָם֙ 1 whose blood was brought in If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose blood Aaron brought in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 16 27 w3zh figs-activepassive יוֹצִ֖יא 1 must be brought out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must carry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 16 27 siz5 אֶת־ עֹרֹתָ֥ם 1 their hides Here, **their** refers to the bull and the goat. A **hide** is the skin of an animal. Alternate translation: “the skins of the bull and the goat”
|
||||
LEV 16 29 xdf2 figs-you לָכֶ֖ם 1 for you The word **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LEV 16 29 b4lj translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽעָשׂ֨וֹר לַחֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The **tenth day** is near the end of September on the western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
LEV 16 29 uo7p translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽעָשׂ֨וֹר לַחֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month The words **seventh** and **tenth** are the ordinal forms of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven on day ten of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LEV 16 30 x3yt figs-activepassive יְכַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵיכֶ֖ם 1 atonement will be made for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Aaron will make atonement for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 16 30 qxv8 figs-metaphor לְטַהֵ֣ר אֶתְכֶ֑ם…תִּטְהָֽרוּ 1 to cleanse you … you will be clean People who are acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically made **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 16 31 aut2 שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן הִיא֙ לָכֶ֔ם 1 It is a sabbath of solemn rest for you This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement.
|
||||
LEV 16 32 t3xf תַּ֣חַת אָבִ֑יו 1 in place of his father When the high priest died, one of his sons would replace him.
|
||||
LEV 16 32 g6n6 בִּגְדֵ֥י הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 the holy garments These **holy garments** were special clothes the high priest must wear when he enters the most holy place.
|
||||
LEV 16 33 cx4j כָּל־ עַ֥ם הַקָּהָ֖ל 1 all the people of the assembly Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel”
|
||||
LEV 16 34 p82l 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must do on the Day of Atonement.
|
||||
LEV 16 34 fk11 figs-activepassive 1 This was done as Yahweh commanded Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Moses did as Yahweh commanded” or “And Aaron did as Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 17 intro eez5 0 # Leviticus 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sacrifices<br><br>Sacrifices could only be offered by the priests at the temple. Any other sacrifice was strictly prohibited. This was probably intended to ensure that the people were only offering sacrifices to Yahweh and not to another god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The life of each creature is its blood”<br><br>It is unclear why the life is described as being in the blood. It is possible that diseases were more common in the blood and this is why it was prohibited. Blood is also necessary for life to continue in a creature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
|
||||
LEV 17 4 ykk1 1 before his tabernacle Alternate translation: “before Yahweh’s tabernacle”
|
||||
LEV 17 4 r4p2 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרַ֛ת הָאִ֥ישׁ הַה֖וּא מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽוֹ 1 and that man must be cut off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 4 ykk1 לִפְנֵ֖י מִשְׁכַּ֣ן יְהוָ֑ה 1 before the face of the dwelling of Yahweh Alternate translation: “before Yahweh’s tabernacle”
|
||||
LEV 17 4 r4p2 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרַ֛ת הָאִ֥ישׁ הַה֖וּא מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽוֹ 1 and that man must be cut off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been **cut off** from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 4 zibd figs-activepassive וְנִכְרַ֛ת הָאִ֥ישׁ הַה֖וּא מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽוֹ 1 and that man must be cut off from among his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 17 5 g2ip figs-activepassive 1 to the priest to be sacrificed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the priest so he may sacrifice them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 17 7 szx8 figs-metaphor 1 for which they act as prostitutes The people being unfaithful to Yahweh by worshiping false gods is spoken of as if they were acting like a man who betrays his wife by committing adultery. Alternate translation: “for which they are unfaithful to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 7 e99c 1 a permanent statute for them throughout their people’s generations See how you translated this phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md).
|
||||
LEV 17 9 zxi2 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרַ֛ת הָאִ֥ישׁ הַה֖וּא מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 that man must be cut off from his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people like a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 7 szx8 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֛ר הֵ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם 1 whom they prostitute themselves after The people being unfaithful to Yahweh by worshiping false gods is spoken of as if they were prostitutes who sold their bodies for money. Alternate translation: “for which they are unfaithful to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 7 e99c חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֛ם תִּֽהְיֶה־ זֹּ֥את לָהֶ֖ם לְדֹרֹתָֽם 1 This will be a permanent statute for them throughout their generations See how you translated this phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md).
|
||||
LEV 17 9 zxi2 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרַ֛ת הָאִ֥ישׁ הַה֖וּא מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 that man must be cut off from his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been **cut off from his people**, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people like a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 9 cp6l figs-activepassive וְנִכְרַ֛ת הָאִ֥ישׁ הַה֖וּא מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 that man must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 17 10 c9dr figs-idiom 1 I will set my face against that person This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LEV 17 10 q7r6 1 will set my face against Alternate translation: “will stare angrily at”
|
||||
LEV 17 10 ppg2 figs-metaphor 1 I will cut him off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “I will not permit that person to live among his people any longer” or “I will separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 11 nv7w 1 For the life of an animal is in its blood … that atones for the life This means God uses the blood to atone for the sins of the people because the blood is life. The people should not consume the blood because it has this special purpose.
|
||||
LEV 17 12 vd5b 1 I said Here “I” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
LEV 17 12 c3ee 1 no one among you must eat blood Alternate translation: “no one among you may eat meat with blood in it”
|
||||
LEV 17 13 s1lw figs-activepassive 1 that may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have said they may eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 17 13 d4ds 1 cover the blood with earth Alternate translation: “cover the blood with dirt”
|
||||
LEV 17 14 abd9 figs-explicit 1 the life of each creature is its blood This means that the blood is enables the creature to be alive. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “each creature is able to live because of its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 17 14 z1sc figs-metaphor כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖יו יִכָּרֵֽת 1 All who eat it must be cut off A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “ Anyone who eats blood must be cut off from his people, as if he were a branch cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 10 c9dr figs-idiom וְנָתַתִּ֣י פָנַ֗י בַּנֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ 1 I will set my face against that person The idiom **set my face against** means he “firmly decided to oppose.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LEV 17 10 ppg2 figs-metaphor וְהִכְרַתִּ֥י אֹתָ֖הּ מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽהּ 1 I will cut him off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been **cut off** from **his people**, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “I will not permit that person to live among his people any longer” or “I will separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 11 nv7w כִּ֣י נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַבָּשָׂר֮ בַּדָּ֣ם הִוא֒…כִּֽי־ הַדָּ֥ם ה֖וּא בַּנֶּ֥פֶשׁ יְכַפֵּֽר 1 For the life of the flesh is in its blood … For it is the blood with the life that atones This means God uses the **blood** to atone for the sins of the people because the blood is **life**. The people should not consume the blood because it has this special purpose.
|
||||
LEV 17 12 vd5b אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ 1 I said Here, **I** refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
LEV 17 12 c3ee כָּל־ נֶ֥פֶשׁ מִכֶּ֖ם לֹא־ תֹ֣אכַל דָּ֑ם 1 every person among you must not eat blood Alternate translation: “no one among you may eat meat with blood in it”
|
||||
LEV 17 13 s1lw figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֑ל 1 that may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have said they may eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 17 14 abd9 figs-explicit נֶ֣פֶשׁ כָּל־ בָּשָׂ֗ר דָּמ֣וֹ 1 the life of all flesh is its blood This means that the **blood** is enables the creature to be alive. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “each creature is able to live because of its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 17 14 z1sc figs-metaphor כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖יו יִכָּרֵֽת 1 All who eat it must be cut off A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been **cut off** from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “ Anyone who eats blood must be cut off from his people, as if he were a branch cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 14 f360 figs-activepassive כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖יו יִכָּרֵֽת 1 All who eat it must be cut off If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “You must separate from his people anyone who eats blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 17 15 r2v4 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
|
||||
LEV 17 15 bxq4 figs-activepassive וּטְרֵפָ֔ה 1 that has been torn by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or that wild animals have killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 17 15 he4j 1 is native born Alternate translation: “is an Israelite”
|
||||
LEV 17 15 iyc3 figs-metaphor 1 he will be unclean … Then he will be clean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean and the person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 15 fi2a 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 17 16 mf2b figs-metaphor 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here a person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 16 ssqc figs-metonymy 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that iniquity. Alternate translation: “then he is responsible for his own iniquity” or “then I will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 17 15 bxq4 figs-activepassive וּטְרֵפָ֔ה 1 or that has been torn by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or that wild animals have killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 17 15 he4j בָּאֶזְרָ֖ח 1 among the native born Alternate translation: “among the Israelites”
|
||||
LEV 17 15 iyc3 figs-metaphor וְטָמֵ֥א…וְטָהֵֽר 1 hand he will be unclean … And he will be clean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean** and the person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 15 fi2a עַד־ הָעֶ֖רֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset”
|
||||
LEV 17 16 mf2b figs-metaphor וְנָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽוֹ 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here a person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 17 16 ssqc figs-metonymy וְנָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽוֹ 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that iniquity. Alternate translation: “then he is responsible for his own iniquity” or “then I will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 18 intro q7q3 0 # Leviticus 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uncovering nakedness<br><br>To “uncover nakedness” is a euphemism for having sexual relations with someone. This chapter gives many examples of people with whom Israelites were not to have sexual relations.
|
||||
LEV 18 4 ev4k figs-parallelism 1 My laws are what you must do, and my commandments are what you must keep These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “You must obey all of my laws and commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 4 e2a7 figs-metaphor 1 so that you walk in them Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “so that you conduct your behavior according to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 18 6 sty1 figs-euphemism 1 to uncover nakedness This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 7 bbd7 figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 7 g9i3 figs-euphemism 1 you must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 8 z715 1 your father’s wives Sometimes men had more than one wife. God did not allow a son to have sexual intercourse with any woman married to his father.
|
||||
LEV 18 8 pit9 1 it is your father’s nakedness Alternate translation: “you are dishonoring your father”
|
||||
LEV 18 9 u8th figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 9 i3mf 1 whether she is the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister if they have the same parents or even if she has a different mother or father.
|
||||
LEV 18 9 c7dm figs-activepassive 1 whether she was raised at your home or distant from you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whether she grew up at your home or far away from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 18 10 hn2p 1 their nakedness is your own nakedness Alternate translation: “you will dishonor both them and yourself”
|
||||
LEV 18 11 g9ak 1 your father’s wife’s daughter This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married.
|
||||
LEV 18 12 pz5f figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 14 pwu9 figs-explicit 1 you must not approach his wife You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: “do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 18 15 dj86 figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 15 c463 figs-euphemism 1 you must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 16 n7u3 1 that is your brother’s nakedness Alternate translation: “if you do that, you will also dishonor your brother”
|
||||
LEV 18 17 m8gn figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 17 qj6b 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her”
|
||||
LEV 18 19 ar8x 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her”
|
||||
LEV 18 19 sht5 1 the time of her uncleanness This is the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb.
|
||||
LEV 18 20 l28c 1 your neighbor’s wife Alternate translation: “any man’s wife”
|
||||
LEV 18 21 t7ie figs-idiom 1 You must not give any of your children to put them into the fire The phrase “to pass through the fire” means to burn something with fire as a sacrifice. Alternate translation: “You must not burn your children alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LEV 18 21 v6td figs-metonymy 1 you must not profane the name of your God Here the word “profane” means to dishonor. The word “name” represents God himself. Alternate translation: “you must not dishonor your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 18 22 z5r6 figs-euphemism 1 Do not lie with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 22 xqv3 1 that is detestable Here “detestable” refers to a violation of the natural order of things as Yahweh intended them to be.
|
||||
LEV 18 23 d3wz figs-euphemism 1 to lie with it This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 24 zgw3 figs-metonymy 1 the nations are defiled This refers to the people groups already living in Canaan. Translate this so the term “nations” is clarified as people. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations defiled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 18 25 mm7m 1 The land became defiled Alternate translation: “The people defiled the land”
|
||||
LEV 18 25 l4iy figs-metaphor וַתָּקִ֥א הָאָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽיהָ 1 And the land vomited out its inhabitants Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land vomited the people out. Alternate translation: “I forcibly removed the people from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 18 4 ev4k figs-parallelism אֶת־ מִשְׁפָּטַ֧י תַּעֲשׂ֛וּ וְאֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֥י תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ 1 My laws you must do, and my statutes you must keep These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “You must obey all of my laws and commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 4 e2a7 figs-metaphor לָלֶ֣כֶת בָּהֶ֑ם 1 so that you walk in them Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “so that you conduct your behavior according to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 18 6 sty1 figs-euphemism לְגַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָ֑ה 1 to uncover nakedness The phrase **to uncover nakedness** is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 7 bbd7 figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֛יךָ וְעֶרְוַ֥ת אִמְּךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your father and the nakedness of your mother you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father or your mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 7 g9i3 figs-euphemism לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽהּ 1 you must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 8 z715 אֵֽשֶׁת־ אָבִ֖יךָ 1 the wife of your father Sometimes men had more than one wife. God did not allow a son to have sexual intercourse with any woman married to his father, even if she was not his mother.
|
||||
LEV 18 8 pit9 עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֖יךָ הִֽוא 1 It is the nakedness of your father Alternate translation: “You would dishonor your father”
|
||||
LEV 18 9 u8th figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲחֽוֹתְךָ֤ בַת־ אָבִ֨יךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔ךָ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת בַּ֔יִת א֖וֹ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת ח֑וּץ לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽן 1 The nakedness of your sister, the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother, born at home or born outside, you must not uncover their nakedness This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your sister, the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother, born at home or born outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 9 i3mf בַת־ אָבִ֨יךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔ךָ 1 the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister even if she has a different mother or father.
|
||||
LEV 18 10 hn2p כִּ֥י עֶרְוָתְךָ֖ הֵֽנָּה 1 for they are your nakedness Alternate translation: “for you will dishonor yourself as well as them”
|
||||
LEV 18 11 g9ak בַּת־ אֵ֤שֶׁת אָבִ֨יךָ֙ 1 your father’s wife’s daughter This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married.
|
||||
LEV 18 12 pz5f figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖יךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your father’s sister you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father's sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 14 pwu9 figs-explicit אֶל־ אִשְׁתּוֹ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְרָ֔ב 1 to his wife you must not come near You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: “do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 18 15 dj86 figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת כַּלָּֽתְךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your daughter-in-law you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your daughter-in-law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 15 c463 figs-euphemism לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽהּ 1 You must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 16 n7u3 עֶרְוַ֥ת אָחִ֖יךָ הִֽוא 1 That is your brother’s nakedness Alternate translation: “if you do that, you will dishonor your brother”
|
||||
LEV 18 17 m8gn figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אִשָּׁ֛ה וּבִתָּ֖הּ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of a woman and her daughter you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with a woman and her daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 17 qj6b לְגַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָתָ֔הּ 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her”
|
||||
LEV 18 19 sht5 בְּנִדַּ֣ת טֻמְאָתָ֑הּ 1 in the impurity of her uncleanness This refers to the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb.
|
||||
LEV 18 19 ar8x לְגַלּ֖וֹת עֶרְוָתָֽהּ 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her”
|
||||
LEV 18 20 l28c אֵ֨שֶׁת֙ עֲמִֽיתְךָ֔ 1 your neighbor’s wife Alternate translation: “any man’s wife”
|
||||
LEV 18 21 t7ie figs-idiom וּמִֽזַּרְעֲךָ֥ לֹא־ תִתֵּ֖ן לְהַעֲבִ֣יר לַמֹּ֑לֶךְ 1 And you must not give any of your children to cause to pass over to Molech The phrase **to pass over to Molech** refers to burning a child in the fire as a sacrifice to the idol Molech. Alternate translation: “You must not burn your children alive for Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LEV 18 21 v6td figs-metonymy וְלֹ֧א תְחַלֵּ֛ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 And you must not profane the name of your God Here the word **profane** means to dishonor. The word **name**represents God himself. Alternate translation: “And you must not dishonor your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 18 22 z5r6 figs-euphemism וְאֶ֨ת…לֹ֥א תִשְׁכַּ֖ב 1 And you must not lie with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 22 xqv3 תּוֹעֵבָ֖ה הִֽוא 1 That is detestable Here, **detestable** refers to a violation of the natural order of things as Yahweh intended them to be.
|
||||
LEV 18 23 d3wz figs-euphemism לְרִבְעָ֖הּ 1 to lie down with it This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 18 24 zgw3 figs-metonymy נִטְמְא֣וּ הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 1 the nations … have become unclean Here, **the nations** refers to the people groups already living in Canaan. Translate this so the term **nations** is clarified as people. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations … have defiled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 18 25 mm7m וַתִּטְמָ֣א הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 And the land became unclean Alternate translation: “And the people defiled the land”
|
||||
LEV 18 25 l4iy figs-metaphor וַתָּקִ֥א הָאָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽיהָ 1 And the land vomited out its inhabitants Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if **the land vomited** the people out. Alternate translation: “I forcibly removed the people from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 18 25 smuk figs-personification וַתָּקִ֥א הָאָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽיהָ 1 And the land vomited out its inhabitants The **land** is spoken of as if it were a person who could vomit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LEV 18 26 le34 1 any of these detestable things Alternate translation: “any of these disgusting things”
|
||||
LEV 18 27 jm4d 1 this is the wickedness This refers to “these detestable things.”
|
||||
LEV 18 28 swd7 1 Therefore be careful Alternate translation: “Therefore be careful to obey me”
|
||||
LEV 18 26 le34 מִכֹּ֥ל הַתּוֹעֵבֹ֖ת הָאֵ֑לֶּה 1 any of these detestable things Alternate translation: “any of these disgusting things”
|
||||
LEV 18 28 a2rf figs-metaphor וְלֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְכֶ֔ם…קָאָ֛ה 1 so the land does not vomit you out … it vomited out Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land **vomited** the people out. See how you translated this metaphor in [Leviticus 18:25](../18/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 18 28 ukwe figs-personification וְלֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְכֶ֔ם…קָאָ֛ה 1 so the land does not vomit you out … it vomited out The land is spoken of as if it were a person who could **vomit**. See how you translated these phrases in [Leviticus 18:25](../18/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LEV 18 29 va51 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must not do.
|
||||
LEV 18 29 kls3 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְת֛וּ הַנְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָעֹשֹׂ֖ת מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽם 1 the people who do such things will be cut off from among their people People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “the people who do these things must be separated from their people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 18 29 kls3 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְת֛וּ הַנְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָעֹשֹׂ֖ת מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽם 1 the people who do such things will be cut off from among their people People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been **cut off** from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “the people who do these things must be separated from their people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 18 29 i0lm figs-activepassive וְנִכְרְת֛וּ הַנְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָעֹשֹׂ֖ת מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽם 1 the people who do such things will be cut off from among their people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must separate the who do such things from their people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 18 30 cz9s figs-activepassive 1 which were practiced here before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 18 30 k2fr 1 by them Here “them” refers to the detestable customs.
|
||||
LEV 18 30 cz9s figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשׂ֣וּ לִפְנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 which were done here before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 18 30 k2fr בָּהֶ֑ם 1 by them Here, **them** refers to the detestable customs.
|
||||
LEV 19 intro q5dy 0 # Leviticus 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying Yahweh<br><br>Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
|
||||
LEV 19 3 h3qu 1 keep my Sabbaths Alternate translation: “observe my Sabbaths” or “respect my day of rest”
|
||||
LEV 19 4 h2g1 figs-metaphor 1 Do not turn to worthless idols Worshiping idols is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 19 3 h3qu שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 you must keep my sabbaths Alternate translation: “you must observe my sabbaths” or “you must respect my day of rest”
|
||||
LEV 19 4 h2g1 figs-metaphor אַל־ תִּפְנוּ֙ אֶל־ הָ֣אֱלִילִ֔ים 1 Do not turn to worthless idols Worshiping **idols** is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 19 5 us48 figs-explicit לִֽרְצֹנְכֶ֖ם תִּזְבָּחֻֽהוּ 1 you must sacrifice it for your acceptance This could mean: (1) Yahweh will accept the person offering the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept you” or (2) Yahweh will accept the sacrifice from the person. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept your sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 19 6 l911 figs-activepassive 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 6 en6s figs-activepassive 1 it must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 7 prl2 figs-activepassive 1 If it is eaten at all If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you eat any of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 7 x3pj figs-activepassive 1 it must not be accepted To eat the offering after the designated time is against God and increases the guilt the offering was to cover. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not accept it for eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 6 l911 figs-activepassive יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 it must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 6 en6s figs-activepassive וְהַנּוֹתָר֙ עַד־ י֣וֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּאֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף 1 and what is left until the third day must be burned up in the fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn up in the fire what is left until the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 7 prl2 figs-activepassive וְאִ֛ם הֵאָכֹ֥ל יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 And if it is eaten at all If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if you eat any of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 7 x3pj figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵרָצֶֽה 1 It will not be accepted To eat the offering after the designated time is against God and increases the guilt the offering was to cover. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not accept it for eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 8 z5l5 figs-metaphor וְאֹֽכְלָיו֙ עֲוֺנ֣וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א 1 And the one who eats it must carry his iniquity A person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 19 8 zfbb figs-metonymy וְאֹֽכְלָיו֙ עֲוֺנ֣וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א 1 And the one who eats it must carry his iniquity Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that sin. Alternate translation: “And everyone who eats the sacrifice is responsible for his own sin” or “Yahweh will punish the sin of everyone who eats the sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 19 8 hb89 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מֵעַמֶּֽיהָ 1 and that person must be cut off from his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 19 8 e7hk figs-activepassive וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מֵעַמֶּֽיהָ 1 and that person must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 9 qum7 1 When you reap the harvest of your land, you must not completely reap the corners of your field Alternate translation: “When you gather your crops, do not gather all the way to the edges of your fields”
|
||||
LEV 19 9 nrx9 figs-explicit 1 neither will you gather all the produce of your harvest This refers to the practice of going back over the fields a second time to gather any produce that remained after the first time. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and do not go back and pick up all that you left behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 19 12 ivh5 1 Do not swear by my name falsely Alternate translation: “Do not use my name to swear about something that is not true”
|
||||
LEV 19 13 j36g figs-explicit 1 Do not oppress your neighbor or rob him Here “neighbor” means “anyone.” The meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not hurt or rob anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 19 13 ryj6 figs-explicit 1 The wages of a hired servant must not stay with you all night until the morning Yahweh commands the employer to pay his servant promptly when his work is done that day. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 19 15 e8ze figs-litotes 1 Do not cause judgment to be false This double negative is used for emphasis. It can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “Always judge rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LEV 19 15 v6dl figs-merism 1 You must not show favoritism to someone because he is poor, and you must not show favoritism to someone because he is important The words “poor” and “important” are two extremes, which together mean “anyone.” You can translate this to clarify the terms. Alternate translation: “You must not show favoritism to anyone based on how much money they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LEV 19 15 z3gy 1 judge your neighbor righteously Alternate translation: “judge everyone according to what is right”
|
||||
LEV 19 16 w42w 1 slander untrue, hurtful messages about other people
|
||||
LEV 19 17 t7s1 figs-metaphor 1 Do not hate your brother in your heart Continually hating a person is spoken of as if it were hating a person in the heart. Alternate translation: “Do not continually hate your brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 19 17 mu1a 1 You must honestly rebuke your neighbor Alternate translation: “You must correct a person who is sinning”
|
||||
LEV 19 19 pl6r figs-activepassive 1 clothing made of two kinds of material mixed together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “clothing that someone made from two kinds of material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 20 f982 figs-euphemism 1 lies with This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 19 20 w5nn figs-activepassive 1 who is promised to a husband If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is engaged to marry another man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 20 uw2n figs-activepassive 1 but who has not been ransomed or given her freedom If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but whom her future husband has not ransomed or given her freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 20 b33p figs-activepassive 1 must be punished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 20 nfy4 figs-activepassive 1 They must not be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 21 ea3a 1 A man must bring his guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance to the tent of meeting—a ram as a guilt offering Alternate translation: “A man must bring a ram as a guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting”
|
||||
LEV 19 22 ff4r figs-activepassive 1 the sin which he has committed will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sin which he has committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 23 ge88 figs-parallelism 1 then you must regard the fruit they produce as forbidden to be eaten … It must not be eaten Yahweh repeats the prohibition in order to emphasize it and to clarify that it is in force for the first three years that the tree bears fruit. Translate this to clarify the period of time the trees must be left alone. Alternate translation: “then you must not eat the fruit of the trees for the first three years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LEV 19 23 qe8e figs-activepassive 1 you must regard the fruit they produce as forbidden to be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must regard the fruit they produce as something that I have forbidden you to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 23 q42h figs-activepassive 1 The fruit must be forbidden to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forbidden the fruit to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 23 qi36 figs-activepassive 1 It must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 9 qum7 וּֽבְקֻצְרְכֶם֙ אֶת־ קְצִ֣יר אַרְצְכֶ֔ם לֹ֧א תְכַלֶּ֛ה פְּאַ֥ת שָׂדְךָ֖ 1 And when you harvest the harvest of your land, you must not completely harvest the edge of your field Alternate translation: “And when you gather your crops, do not gather all the way to the edges of your fields”
|
||||
LEV 19 9 nrx9 figs-explicit וְלֶ֥קֶט קְצִֽירְךָ֖ לֹ֥א תְלַקֵּֽט 1 and you must not gather the gleaning of your harvest This refers to the practice of going back over the fields a second time to gather any produce that remained after the first time. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and do not go back and pick up all that you left behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 19 12 ivh5 וְלֹֽא־ תִשָּׁבְע֥וּ בִשְׁמִ֖י לַשָּׁ֑קֶר 1 And you must not swear by my name falsely Alternate translation: “And do not use my name to swear about something that is not true”
|
||||
LEV 19 13 j36g figs-explicit לֹֽא־ תַעֲשֹׁ֥ק אֶת־ רֵֽעֲךָ֖ וְלֹ֣א תִגְזֹ֑ל 1 You must not oppress your neighbor and you must not rob Here, **neighbor** means “anyone.” The meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not hurt or rob anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 19 13 ryj6 figs-explicit לֹֽא־ תָלִ֞ין פְּעֻלַּ֥ת שָׂכִ֛יר אִתְּךָ֖ עַד־ בֹּֽקֶר 1 The wages of a hired worker must not stay all night with you until morning Yahweh commands the employer to pay his servant promptly when his work is done that day. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 19 15 e8ze figs-litotes לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֨וֶל֙ בַּמִּשְׁפָּ֔ט 1 You must not do injustice in judgment The double negative **not … injustice** is used for emphasis. It can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “Always judge rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LEV 19 15 v6dl figs-merism לֹא־ תִשָּׂ֣א פְנֵי־ דָ֔ל וְלֹ֥א תֶהְדַּ֖ר פְּנֵ֣י גָד֑וֹל 1 You must not lift up the face of the poor, and you must not give preference to the face of the great The words **poor** and **great** are two extremes, which together mean “anyone.” You can translate this to clarify the terms. Alternate translation: “You must not show favoritism to anyone based on how much money they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LEV 19 15 z3gy בְּצֶ֖דֶק תִּשְׁפֹּ֥ט עֲמִיתֶֽךָ 1 In justice you must judge your neighbor Alternate translation: “Judge everyone according to what is right”
|
||||
LEV 19 16 w42w רָכִיל֙ 1 as a slanderer A **slanderer** is someone who says untrue, hurtful messages about other people.
|
||||
LEV 19 17 t7s1 figs-metaphor לֹֽא־ תִשְׂנָ֥א אֶת־ אָחִ֖יךָ בִּלְבָבֶ֑ךָ 1 You must not hate your brother in your heart Continually hating a person is spoken of as if it were hating a person in the **heart**. Alternate translation: “Do not continually hate your brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 19 17 mu1a הוֹכֵ֤חַ תּוֹכִ֨יחַ֙ אֶת־ עֲמִיתֶ֔ךָ 1 You must surely rebuke your fellow citizen Alternate translation: “You must correct your fellow Israelite who is sinning”
|
||||
LEV 19 20 f982 figs-euphemism יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת 1 lies with This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LEV 19 20 w5nn figs-activepassive נֶחֱרֶ֣פֶת לְאִ֔ישׁ 1 who is promised to a man If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom someone promised to give to a man as his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 20 uw2n figs-activepassive וְהָפְדֵּה֙ לֹ֣א נִפְדָּ֔תָה א֥וֹ חֻפְשָׁ֖ה לֹ֣א נִתַּן־ לָ֑הּ 1 and she has not been ransomed at all or freedom has not been given to her If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but whom her future husband has not ransomed or given her freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 20 nfy4 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יוּמְת֖וּ 1 They must not be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 21 ea3a וְהֵבִ֤יא אֶת־ אֲשָׁמוֹ֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה אֶל־ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד אֵ֖יל אָשָֽׁם 1 And he must bring his guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting—a ram as a guilt offering Alternate translation: “And a man must bring a ram as a guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting”
|
||||
LEV 19 22 ff4r figs-activepassive וְנִסְלַ֣ח ל֔וֹ מֵחַטָּאת֖וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽא 1 And it will be forgiven him for his sin which he has sinned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sin which he has committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 23 ge88 figs-parallelism וַעֲרַלְתֶּ֥ם עָרְלָת֖וֹ אֶת־ פִּרְי֑וֹ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֗ים יִהְיֶ֥ה לָכֶ֛ם עֲרֵלִ֖ים לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל 1 then you must regard its fruit as being uncircumcised in its foreskin. Three years it will be uncircumcised for you. It must not be eaten Yahweh repeats the prohibition in order to emphasize it and to clarify that it is in force for the first three years that the tree bears fruit. Translate this to clarify the period of time the trees must be left alone. Alternate translation: “then you must consider the fruit of the trees to be unclean for the first three years and not eat any of it until after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LEV 19 23 qi36 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל 1 It must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LEV 19 29 h86v figs-metonymy וְלֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָאָ֔רֶץ וּמָלְאָ֥ה הָאָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה 1 and the land will not fall to prostitution and the land become full of wickedness Here both occurrences of the word **land** represent the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LEV 19 29 poqd figs-metaphor וְלֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָאָ֔רֶץ וּמָלְאָ֥ה הָאָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה 1 and the land will not fall to prostitution and the land become full of wickedness Many people practicing prostitution and other wicked deeds is spoken of as if the they have fallen into or become full of those things. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 19 31 r7ep figs-doublet 1 the dead or with spirits This could mean: (1) that “the dead” and “spirits” are two different things or (2) that this is a doublet that means “the spirits of dead people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LEV 19 31 d3wn 1 Do not seek them out, or they will defile you Alternate translation: “Do not seek those people out. If you do, they will defile you”
|
||||
LEV 19 32 han2 translate-symaction 1 You must rise Standing up in front of someone is a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LEV 19 32 kg1f 1 the gray-headed person This refers to a person whose hair has turned gray from age, or “an old person.”
|
||||
LEV 19 35 l6ke 1 Do not use false measures This prohibits the practice of intentionally using instruments that give inaccurate readings when measuring things.
|
||||
LEV 19 36 wsl8 translate-bvolume 1 ephah This was a measurement for grain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 19 36 s1cm translate-bvolume 1 hin This was a measurement for liquids. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 19 37 m4f5 figs-doublet 1 must obey … and do them These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LEV 19 29 poqd figs-metaphor וְלֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָאָ֔רֶץ וּמָלְאָ֥ה הָאָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה 1 and the land will not fall to prostitution and the land become full of wickedness Many people practicing **prostitution** and other wicked deeds is spoken of as if the they have fallen into or become full of those things. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LEV 19 31 r7ep הָאֹבֹת֙ וְאֶל־ הַיִּדְּעֹנִ֔ים 1 the necromancers or to the soothsayers The **necromancers** were people who claimed to speak with dead people. The **soothsayers** claimed to be able to predict what will happen in the future. The Israelites were not allowed to have anything to do with these people.
|
||||
LEV 19 31 d3wn אַל־ תְּבַקְשׁ֖וּ לְטָמְאָ֣ה בָהֶ֑ם 1 Do not seek to become unclean by them Alternate translation: “Do not seek those people out. If you do, they will defile you”
|
||||
LEV 19 32 han2 translate-symaction תָּק֔וּם 1 you must rise Standing up in front of someone is a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LEV 19 32 kg1f שֵׂיבָה֙ 1 the gray-headed person A **gray-haired person** refers to a person whose hair has turned gray from age, or “an old person.”
|
||||
LEV 19 35 l6ke לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֖וֶל בַּמִּשְׁפָּ֑ט בַּמִּדָּ֕ה בַּמִּשְׁקָ֖ל וּבַמְּשׂוּרָֽה 1 You must not do injustice in judgment, in measurement of length, in weight, or in quantity This prohibits the practice of intentionally using instruments that give inaccurate readings when measuring things.
|
||||
LEV 19 36 wsl8 translate-bvolume אֵ֥יפַת צֶ֛דֶק 1 a just ephah An **ephah** was a measurement for grain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 19 36 s1cm translate-bvolume וְהִ֥ין צֶ֖דֶק 1 and a just hin A **hin** was a measurement for liquids. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LEV 19 37 m4f5 figs-doublet וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֤ם…וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם 1 And you must keep … and you must do These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LEV 20 intro tvf2 0 # Leviticus 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Punishments for serious sins<br><br>This chapter compiles a list of serious sins. The most serious sins are punished by death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br><br>“To see someone’s nakedness” means to live as husband wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The phrase “you must carry your own guilt” is a metaphor. It is unknown what this means, but it is possible it indicates a penalty of death.
|
||||
LEV 20 2 b75v figs-explicit 1 gives any of his children to Molech Those who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LEV 20 2 wp2c figs-activepassive 1 must certainly be put to death. The people in the land must stone him with stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must stone him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 483 and column 150.
|
174
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
174
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
|
|
@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ ROM 1 1 x3em writing-participants Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1
|
|||
ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 1 w6j9 figs-ellipsis κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **to be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **a servant of Christ Jesus**, and the reason why Jesus **called** him and **set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach God’s good news” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 1 2 tobh writing-background ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 1 In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants to help readers understand that the ancient promises found in the writings of the **prophets** of the **holy scriptures** of the Jewish people about the coming of the Messiah or Christ were now coming true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 1 2 tobh writing-background ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 1 In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants readers to understand that the ancient promises are now coming true, promises about the coming of Christ, the Messiah, found in the writings of the **prophets** in the Jewish **holy scriptures**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about “Christ Jesus” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Here, **Son** could refer to: (1) the divine nature of Jesus. Alternate translation: “God’s divine Son” (2) the human nature of Jesus as “Christ” (See [1:1,6](../01/01.md)). Because **Son** is an Old Testament title that can refer to David and his descendants as God’s chosen kings (See [2 Samuel 7:14; Psalm 2](2sam/07/14.md), Paul could also be using **Son** as a synonym for God’s anointed king or “Christ.” Alternate translation: “his Son the Christ” or “God’s Son the anointed king” (3) both Jesus’ divine and human natures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ ROM 1 8 ci5y figs-distinguish τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 When Paul speaks of **my G
|
|||
ROM 1 8 tdsj figs-possession τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to express that he belongs to **God**. When saying, **my God**, Paul does not mean that he owns or has authority over God. Paul means that as a “servant of Jesus Christ” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)), God has ownership and authority over him. You could use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that I serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 qtoy figs-possession διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul is using the possessive form **through Jesus Christ** to express Paul’s authority as an apostle (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul means that it is through his calling as an apostle of **Jesus Christ** that he can offer special thanks to **God** for the church at Rome. If it is natural in your language, you could make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “because I belong to Jesus Christ” or “as an apostle of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 mekg writing-pronouns περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 The pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the church at Rome. When Paul says **all of you** he is addressing the whole church as if they are one person. Throughout this letter, **you** refers exclusively to the church at Rome, unless otherwise noted. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the whole church” or “for the sake of each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 efqs figs-activepassive καταγγέλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that people other than the church at Rome are doing the **proclaiming**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 k7qf figs-hyperbole ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **throughout the whole world** is an exaggeration that means “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is.” Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,14 +221,14 @@ ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου 1 Paul speaks figurati
|
|||
ROM 1 29 dzda figs-nominaladj μεστοὺς 1 Paul is using the adjective **full* as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “they are people who are full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…κακῶν…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … of evil things … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “these people speak against others … these people discover new ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 1 30 f4a0 grammar-collectivenouns κακῶν 1 The word **evil** is a plural noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
ROM 1 31 i7ix figs-nominaladj ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας 1 Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, people who are faithless, people who are heartless, and people who merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 1 31 rtic figs-ellipsis ἀνελεήμονας 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 cxx8 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δικαίωμα 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the righteous decree** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ytu6 τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that those who practice such things Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 z12q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 are deserving of death Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 iqg1 writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **things** and **them** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 p9e9 figs-nominaladj ἄξιοι 1 Paul is using the adjective **deserving** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are people who deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 t0ls figs-possession ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν…συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **death** and **those who do them** as objects of the clause. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die … well pleased with people who practice these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -374,16 +374,16 @@ ROM 2 19 xlge figs-personification φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 Here, *
|
|||
ROM 2 20 ymey grammar-connect-logic-result παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of the foolish and a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 pf6v figs-parallelism παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “people who must spiritually instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 p7qq figs-nominaladj ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish Paul is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of people who are foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a shape or image a person could hold. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If your readers would not understand what **the form** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law what represents how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])*
|
||||
ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the transgression of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 23 ob98 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal from or another way. Alternate translation: “by breaking the law” or “by transgressing God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,27 +394,27 @@ ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δ
|
|||
ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone transgresses God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” or “guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 w7u3 figs-ellipsis σὲ τὸν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “transgress the law, even though you know what the law requires for the circumcised person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “transgress the law, even though you know what the law requires for the circumcised person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 zwh8 figs-metaphor 1
|
||||
ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος<br><br> 1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος 1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is not a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -423,8 +423,8 @@ ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word
|
|||
ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 cumm figs-parallelism περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι; οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These two contrasting clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that it is **the Spirit** of **God** who makes a person a true **Jew**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit of God inwardly circumcises and praises that person, not written rules or people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verbal phrase or another way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Here, the term **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom meaning “a removal of sin from a person” or “an inward mark of belonging to God’s people.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Here, the term **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom meaning “a removal of sin from a person” or “an inward mark of belonging to God’s people.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “is accomplished by the Holy Spirit instead of following the rules written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have
|
|||
ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom **the advantage** is. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with the word “for.” Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of the** with the phrase “that comes from.” Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -455,8 +455,8 @@ ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been
|
|||
ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -465,44 +465,44 @@ ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a h
|
|||
ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how will he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-declarative κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Paul could be using a future statement to indicate possibility. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different verb form to indicate possibility. Alternate translation: “could God” or “could it be possible for God to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-declarative κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Paul could be using a future statement to indicate possibility. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different verb form to indicate possibility. Alternate translation: “could God” or “could it be possible for God to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 xysz figs-infostructure εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **being judged** in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “why does God still judge me like I am someone who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 iiqc figs-activepassive ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])<br>*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-exclusive προεχόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-exclusive προεχόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 9 drcx figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 9 drcx figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations)
|
||||
ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -511,58 +511,58 @@ ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul
|
|||
ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 c7rh figs-parallelism τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 These three phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing thrice, in slightly different ways, to show how damaging the words are that these people say. If saying the same thing thrice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural word “throats” like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])*
|
||||
ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **feet** as if they were hands holding something that contains **blood** and pouring it out. He means that these people are bloodthirsty. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **to pour out blood** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They hurry to slaughter others” or “They are quick to murder” or “They are bloodthirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they live.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **a way of peace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could know. Paul means that these people do not understand or recognize how to live peacefully. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The people do not understand how to live peacefully” or “These people do not recognize what it means to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person these people could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here the phrase **before their eyes** is an idiom meaning “in front of them.” Paul means that these people are unconcerned or do not pay attention to the fact that God is watching the evil things they do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly and pay no attention that God is watching how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [3:1–9](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Finally,” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “shuts” or “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι…ἐπίγνωσις 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** and **is** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 vzot figs-activepassive οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will not make anyone righteous” or “God will justify no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 xs9x figs-idiom σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 d6vi figs-personification ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who can justify and give **knowledge**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God tells in his law what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 w5qb figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are required by **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law” or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the law’s works” or “by doing what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his sight** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be justified in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be declared righteous in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “is how we come to know what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -582,12 +582,12 @@ ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 P
|
|||
ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
|
||||
ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
|
||||
ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely declares them righteous” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely declared righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -604,20 +604,20 @@ ROM 3 26 lm1r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Th
|
|||
ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “since God is forbearing” or “because of God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **of faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 pub7 figs-abstractnouns ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n
|
||||
ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -625,36 +625,58 @@ ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works
|
|||
ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n
|
||||
ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
|
||||
ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Paul has already concluded that boasting about **works** is excluded in [3:27](../03/27.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “Even if someone would consider Abraham to be right with God by doing what God requires from his people, Abraham still has no reason to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-explicit 1
|
||||
ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies”
|
||||
ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works”
|
||||
ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
|
||||
ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
|
||||
ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 oojx figs-extrainfo τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ 1 By, **the one who works**, Paul is referring to being **made righteous by works** in [4:2](../04/02.md). Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
|
||||
ROM 4 5 x9y5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of what **makes righteous**. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considers that person as being right with himself through trusting in him” or “God counts that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … speaks** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “This what … wrote in the Old Testament” or “This is exactly what … refers to in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n
|
||||
ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
|
||||
ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Happy**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
|
||||
ROM 4 7 gm94 figs-exclamations μακάριοι…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … covered!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n
|
||||
ROM 4 7 xesq figs-ellipsis μακάριοι…αἱ ἀνομίαι…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** and **their** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Happy are … their lawless deeds … their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ROM 4 7 lq4w figs-nominalad ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ἀφέθησαν…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 those of the uncircumcision Here, **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
Loading…
Reference in New Issue